1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012,
6 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
8 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
10 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
13 (at your option) any later version.
15 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18 GNU General Public License for more details.
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
22 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
23 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
30 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
31 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
32 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
34 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
35 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
36 haven't bothered yet. */
38 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
46 #include "libiberty.h"
47 #include "safe-ctype.h"
48 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
54 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
55 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
56 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
57 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
58 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
59 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
62 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
63 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
64 need to move into elfcode.h. */
66 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
69 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
70 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
71 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
73 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
74 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
75 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
76 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
77 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
78 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
79 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
82 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
85 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
86 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
87 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
91 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
92 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
94 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
95 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
98 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
101 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
102 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
103 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
105 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
106 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
109 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
112 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
113 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
114 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
116 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
117 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
120 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
123 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
124 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
125 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
127 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
128 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
129 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
130 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
131 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
134 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
137 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
138 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
139 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
141 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
142 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
144 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
145 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
148 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
151 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
152 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
153 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
155 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
156 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
157 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
158 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
159 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
162 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
165 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
166 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
167 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
170 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
171 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
172 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
173 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
176 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
179 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
180 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
181 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
183 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
186 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
189 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
190 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
191 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
193 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
196 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
197 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
200 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
202 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
207 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
210 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
213 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
214 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
218 return h & 0xffffffff;
221 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
222 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
225 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
227 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
228 unsigned long h = 5381;
231 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
232 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
233 return h & 0xffffffff;
236 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
237 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
239 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
241 enum elf_target_id object_id)
243 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
244 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
245 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
248 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
249 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
255 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
257 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
258 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
263 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
265 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
266 return abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd);
270 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
272 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
273 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
275 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
277 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
279 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
280 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
283 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
284 if (shstrtab == NULL)
286 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
287 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
288 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
290 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
291 in case the string table is not terminated. */
292 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
293 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
294 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
296 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
298 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
299 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
301 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
302 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
303 the string table over and over. */
304 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
307 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
308 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
310 return (char *) shstrtab;
314 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
315 unsigned int shindex,
316 unsigned int strindex)
318 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
323 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
326 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
328 if (hdr->contents == NULL
329 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
332 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
334 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
335 (*_bfd_error_handler)
336 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
337 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
338 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
340 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
344 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
347 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
348 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
349 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
350 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
351 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
352 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
353 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
356 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
357 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
360 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
362 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
364 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
366 const bfd_byte *esym;
367 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
368 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
370 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
371 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
372 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
377 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
383 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
385 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
386 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
388 /* Read the symbols. */
390 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
392 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
393 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
394 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
395 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
396 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
398 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
399 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
401 if (extsym_buf == NULL
402 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
403 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
409 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
413 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
414 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
415 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
417 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
418 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
419 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
421 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
422 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
423 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
430 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
432 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
433 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
434 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
435 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
439 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
440 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
441 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
442 shndx = extshndx_buf;
444 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
445 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
447 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
448 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
449 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
450 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
451 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
458 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
460 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
461 free (alloc_extshndx);
466 /* Look up a symbol name. */
468 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
469 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
470 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
474 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
475 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
477 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
478 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
479 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
481 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
482 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
485 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
488 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
489 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
494 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
495 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
498 typedef union elf_internal_group {
499 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
501 } Elf_Internal_Group;
503 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
504 signature just a string? */
507 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
509 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
510 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
511 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
512 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
514 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
515 that it is a symbol table section. */
516 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
518 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
519 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
520 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
523 /* Go read the symbol. */
524 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
525 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
526 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
529 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
532 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
535 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
537 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
539 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
540 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
543 unsigned int i, shnum;
545 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
546 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
547 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
550 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
551 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
552 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
553 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
554 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
556 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
558 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
560 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
566 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
567 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
571 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
572 so we can find them quickly. */
575 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
576 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
577 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
578 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
582 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
584 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
586 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
589 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
591 /* Add to list of sections. */
592 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
595 /* Read the raw contents. */
596 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
597 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
598 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
599 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
600 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
601 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
604 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
605 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
609 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
611 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
612 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
616 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
617 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
618 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
620 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
621 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
628 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
629 if (src == shdr->contents)
632 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
633 shdr->bfd_section->flags
634 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
639 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
640 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
643 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
650 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
654 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
656 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
657 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
658 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
660 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
661 section is a member. */
663 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
667 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
668 other members to see if any others are linked via
670 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
671 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
673 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
674 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
678 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
679 insert current section in circular list. */
680 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
681 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
682 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
688 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
691 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
693 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
694 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
697 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
699 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
700 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
708 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
710 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
717 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
720 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
721 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
724 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
725 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
727 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
728 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
730 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
731 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
732 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
733 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
736 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
737 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
738 bed->link_order_error_handler
739 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
744 asection *linksec = NULL;
746 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
748 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
749 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
753 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
754 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
757 (*_bfd_error_handler)
758 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
759 s->owner, s, elfsec);
763 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
768 /* Process section groups. */
769 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
772 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
774 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
775 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
776 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
779 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
780 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
781 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
782 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
783 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
784 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
785 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
786 relocation sections are in section group in input object
788 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
791 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
792 (*_bfd_error_handler)
793 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
795 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
796 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
797 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
800 shdr->bfd_section->name);
808 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
810 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
813 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
814 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
817 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
818 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
824 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
826 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
829 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
833 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
834 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
835 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
837 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
838 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
839 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
841 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
843 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
844 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
845 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
846 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
849 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
850 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
851 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
852 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
853 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
854 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
857 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
860 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
861 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
862 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
864 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
866 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
869 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
870 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
871 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
873 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
874 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
876 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
877 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
878 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
879 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
881 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
883 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
884 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
891 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
892 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
893 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
894 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
895 else if (name[1] == 'l')
897 else if (name[1] == 's')
899 else if (name[1] == 'z')
900 p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
903 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
904 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
908 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
909 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
910 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
911 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
912 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
913 all but one of the sections. */
914 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
915 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
916 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
918 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
919 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
920 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
923 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
926 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
927 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
928 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
929 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
933 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
936 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
940 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
942 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
943 unsigned int i, nload;
945 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
946 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
947 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
948 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
949 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
950 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
951 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
953 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
955 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
958 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
959 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
961 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
962 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
963 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
964 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
966 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
967 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
968 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
970 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
971 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
972 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
973 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
974 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
975 segment will contain sections with contiguous
976 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
977 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
978 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
980 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
981 offsets whether a section with zero size should
982 be placed at the end of one segment or the
983 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
984 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
985 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
986 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
992 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
993 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
994 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
995 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
996 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
998 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1001 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd, newsect))
1003 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1004 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1005 action = decompress;
1009 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1010 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) && newsect->size != 0)
1020 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1022 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1023 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1029 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1031 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
1032 if (new_name == NULL)
1036 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
1040 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1042 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1043 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1049 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1051 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
1052 if (new_name == NULL)
1055 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
1059 if (new_name != NULL)
1060 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1066 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1067 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1068 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1069 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1072 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1073 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1074 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1075 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1076 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1077 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1078 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1079 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1080 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1082 bfd_reloc_status_type
1083 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1084 arelent *reloc_entry,
1086 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1087 asection *input_section,
1089 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1091 if (output_bfd != NULL
1092 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1093 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1094 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1096 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1097 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1100 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1103 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1107 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1109 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1110 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1113 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1114 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1115 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1117 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1118 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1119 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1121 /* Copy object attributes. */
1122 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1127 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1132 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1133 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1134 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1135 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1136 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1137 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1138 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1139 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1140 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1141 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1142 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1143 default: pt = NULL; break;
1148 /* Print out the program headers. */
1151 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1153 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1154 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1156 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1158 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1163 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1164 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1165 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1167 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1172 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1175 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1176 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1177 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1178 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1179 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1180 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1181 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1182 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1183 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1184 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1185 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1186 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1187 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1188 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1189 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1190 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1191 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1196 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1199 unsigned int elfsec;
1200 unsigned long shlink;
1201 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1203 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1205 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1207 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1210 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1211 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1213 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1215 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1216 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1219 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1220 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1222 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1223 const char *name = "";
1225 bfd_boolean stringp;
1226 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1228 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1230 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1237 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1238 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1240 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1242 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1247 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1248 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1249 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1250 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1251 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1252 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1253 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1254 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1255 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1256 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1257 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1258 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1259 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1260 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1261 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1262 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1263 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1264 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1265 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1266 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1267 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1268 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1269 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1270 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1271 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1272 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1273 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1274 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1275 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1276 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1277 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1278 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1279 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1280 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1281 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1282 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1283 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1284 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1285 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1286 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1287 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1288 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1289 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1290 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1291 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1292 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1293 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1294 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1295 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1296 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1297 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1298 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1299 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1300 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1301 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1302 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1303 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1304 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1307 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1311 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1316 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1318 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1321 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1330 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1331 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1333 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1337 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1339 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1341 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1342 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1344 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1345 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1346 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1347 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1349 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1352 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1356 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1362 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1364 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1366 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1367 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1369 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1371 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1372 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1373 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1374 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1375 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1376 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1388 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1391 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1394 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1396 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1399 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1400 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1402 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1403 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1404 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1405 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1407 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1409 const char *section_name;
1410 const char *name = NULL;
1411 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1412 unsigned char st_other;
1415 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1417 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1418 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1419 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1423 name = symbol->name;
1424 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1427 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1428 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1429 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1430 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1431 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1432 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1433 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1435 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1436 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1438 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1439 if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
1440 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0
1441 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
1443 unsigned int vernum;
1444 const char *version_string;
1446 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1449 version_string = "";
1450 else if (vernum == 1)
1451 version_string = "Base";
1452 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1454 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1457 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1459 version_string = "";
1460 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1464 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1466 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1468 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1470 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1477 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1478 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1483 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1484 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1489 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1490 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1495 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1496 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1497 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1499 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1501 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1504 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1510 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1512 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1513 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1515 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1517 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1522 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1523 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1524 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1526 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1533 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1535 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1538 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1540 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1541 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1542 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1545 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1548 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1549 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1550 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1555 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1556 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1559 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1562 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1563 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1564 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1565 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1566 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1567 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1568 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1569 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1570 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1571 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1573 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1574 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1576 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
1578 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1579 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1580 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
1583 case bfd_arch_sparc:
1584 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1585 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1587 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1592 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1594 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1596 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1598 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1599 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1600 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1601 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1603 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1604 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1608 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1610 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1611 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1613 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1614 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1616 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1624 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1625 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1628 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1630 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1632 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1634 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1635 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1636 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1640 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1641 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1642 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1643 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1644 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1646 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1647 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1648 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1649 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1650 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1652 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1653 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1654 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1658 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1659 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1660 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1661 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1663 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1665 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1666 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1668 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1669 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1670 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1674 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1676 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1677 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1678 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1682 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1686 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1687 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1690 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1692 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1694 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1696 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1697 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1698 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1702 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1703 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1704 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1705 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1706 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1708 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1709 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1710 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1712 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1713 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1717 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1718 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1719 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1722 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1723 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1725 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1727 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1728 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1731 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1734 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1735 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1738 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1741 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1742 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1743 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1744 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1746 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1750 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1751 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1752 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1753 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1755 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1757 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1758 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1760 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1761 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1763 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1766 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1768 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1770 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1771 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1775 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1779 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1781 asection *target_sect;
1782 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
1783 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1784 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
1788 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1789 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1792 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1793 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1795 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1796 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1797 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1798 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1802 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1803 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1804 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1805 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1806 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1807 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1808 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1810 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1811 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
1812 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1813 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1819 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1821 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1822 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1833 hdr->sh_link = found;
1836 /* Get the symbol table. */
1837 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1838 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1839 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1842 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1843 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1844 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1845 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1846 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1847 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1848 sh_link points to the null section. */
1849 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1850 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
1851 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1852 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1853 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1854 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1855 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1858 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1860 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1861 if (target_sect == NULL)
1864 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
1865 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1866 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
1868 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
1870 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr == NULL);
1871 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1872 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1877 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1878 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1879 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1880 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1881 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1882 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1883 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1884 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1886 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1887 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
1889 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1893 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1894 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1895 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1896 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1898 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1899 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1901 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1902 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1903 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1905 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1906 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1907 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1908 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1914 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
1916 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1918 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1920 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1921 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1924 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1925 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1926 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1928 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1930 while (--n_elt != 0)
1934 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1935 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1936 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1938 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1946 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1947 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1948 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1950 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1952 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1956 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1957 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1960 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1962 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1963 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1964 for applications? */
1965 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1966 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1967 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1968 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1970 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1971 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1974 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1975 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1976 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1977 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1978 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1980 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1981 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1983 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1984 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1985 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1986 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1987 be rejected with an error message. */
1988 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1989 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1991 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1993 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1994 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1997 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1998 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1999 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2000 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2008 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2011 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2013 unsigned long r_symndx)
2015 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2017 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2019 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2020 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2021 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2023 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2024 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2025 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2028 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2030 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2033 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2036 return &cache->sym[ent];
2039 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2043 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2045 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2047 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2050 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2052 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2053 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2056 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2058 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2059 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2062 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2064 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2065 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2066 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2067 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2068 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2072 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2073 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2074 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2075 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2077 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2080 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2084 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2087 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2092 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2095 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2096 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2098 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2101 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2104 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2107 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2110 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2111 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2112 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2115 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2117 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2118 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2121 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2123 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2124 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2125 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2128 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2130 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2131 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2132 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2135 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2137 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2138 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2139 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2140 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2141 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2144 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2146 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2147 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2148 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2149 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2150 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2151 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2152 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2155 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2157 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2158 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2159 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2160 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2163 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2165 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2166 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2167 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2168 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2169 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2172 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2174 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2175 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2176 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2178 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2179 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2180 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2181 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2184 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2186 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2188 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2190 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2191 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2192 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2198 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2201 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2202 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2203 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2209 len = strlen (name);
2211 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2214 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2216 if (len < prefix_len)
2218 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2221 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2222 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2224 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2226 if (suffix_len == 0)
2228 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2229 && (suffix_len == -2
2230 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2236 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2238 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2239 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2249 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2250 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2253 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2254 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2256 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2257 if (sec->name == NULL)
2260 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2261 spec = bed->special_sections;
2264 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2265 bed->special_sections,
2271 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2274 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2275 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2278 spec = special_sections[i];
2283 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2287 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2289 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2290 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2291 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2293 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2296 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2300 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2303 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2304 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2305 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2307 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2308 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2309 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2310 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2311 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2312 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2313 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2314 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2315 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2316 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2317 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2319 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2322 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2323 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2324 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2326 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2327 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2331 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2334 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2336 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2337 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2338 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2339 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2341 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2342 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2343 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2344 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2345 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2346 of combined data+bss.
2348 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2349 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2350 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2351 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2352 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2357 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2358 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2360 const char *type_name)
2368 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2369 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2370 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2372 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2374 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2375 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2376 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2379 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2380 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2381 if (newsect == NULL)
2383 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2384 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2385 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2386 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2387 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2388 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2389 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2391 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2392 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2393 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2395 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2397 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2400 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2402 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2406 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2410 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2411 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2412 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2415 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2416 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2417 if (newsect == NULL)
2419 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2420 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2421 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2422 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2423 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2424 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2425 align = hdr->p_align;
2426 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2427 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2429 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2430 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2431 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2432 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2433 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2434 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2435 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2437 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2438 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2439 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2441 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2442 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2449 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2451 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2453 switch (hdr->p_type)
2456 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2459 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2462 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2465 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2468 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2470 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2475 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
2478 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
2480 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2481 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
2485 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
2488 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
2491 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2492 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2493 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
2497 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2501 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
2503 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
2505 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
2506 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
2509 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
2512 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2513 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2514 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2518 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2519 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
2521 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2523 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
2525 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2528 amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
2529 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
2530 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2531 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
2533 amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2534 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2537 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2539 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2541 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2543 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2544 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2545 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2546 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2547 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2548 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2549 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2550 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2551 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2556 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2559 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
2561 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2562 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2564 return SHT_PROGBITS;
2567 struct fake_section_arg
2569 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
2573 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2576 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
2578 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
2579 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2580 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
2581 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2582 unsigned int sh_type;
2586 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2591 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
2593 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2594 asect->name, FALSE);
2595 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2601 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2603 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2604 || asect->user_set_vma)
2605 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2607 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2609 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2610 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2611 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2612 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2613 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2614 copy_private_section_data. */
2616 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2617 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2619 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2621 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2622 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2624 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
2626 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2627 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2628 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2629 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2630 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2632 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2633 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2634 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2635 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2636 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2637 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2638 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2641 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2647 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2648 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2649 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2656 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2660 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2664 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2668 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2669 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2673 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2674 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2677 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2678 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2681 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2682 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2683 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2684 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2686 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2687 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2689 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2690 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2693 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2694 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2695 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2696 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2698 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2699 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2701 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2702 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2706 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2710 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2714 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2715 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2716 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2717 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2718 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2719 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2720 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2722 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2723 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2724 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2725 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2727 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2728 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2729 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2731 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2732 if (asect->size == 0
2733 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2735 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2737 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2740 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2741 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2742 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2746 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2747 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
2749 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2750 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2751 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2752 create the other. */
2753 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
2755 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2758 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2759 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
2760 && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
2762 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
2763 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, asect, FALSE))
2768 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
2769 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, asect, TRUE))
2775 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2777 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
2783 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2784 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2785 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2786 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2789 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2791 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2792 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2793 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2797 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2798 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2799 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2800 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2803 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2805 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
2806 asection *elt, *first;
2810 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2812 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2816 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
2818 unsigned long symindx = 0;
2820 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2822 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2823 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2827 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2828 elf_section_syms. */
2829 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
2830 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2832 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2834 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
2836 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2837 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2838 set until all local symbols are output. */
2839 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
2840 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
2841 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
2842 unsigned long extsymoff = 0;
2843 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2845 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
2847 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2849 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
2850 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2852 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
2853 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2854 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2855 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2857 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
2860 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2862 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2865 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2867 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2868 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2869 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2876 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2878 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2879 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2880 start of the input section group. */
2881 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2883 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2884 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2885 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2886 directives, not that it matters. */
2893 s = s->output_section;
2895 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
2897 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2900 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2902 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2907 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2910 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2913 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2914 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2915 in here too, while we're at it. */
2918 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2920 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2922 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2923 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2924 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2925 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
2929 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2931 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2932 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2934 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2935 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2937 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2939 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2941 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2943 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2944 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2945 abfd->section_count--;
2948 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2953 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2955 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2957 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2958 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2959 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2962 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
2963 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
2970 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
2971 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
2977 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
2978 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2979 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
2981 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
2982 || (link_info == NULL
2983 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
2987 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
2988 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2989 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
2991 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = section_number++;
2992 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2993 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2994 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2995 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2998 elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
2999 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3002 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
3004 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3005 abfd, section_number);
3009 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3010 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3012 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3013 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3015 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3017 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3018 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3019 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3022 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3023 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3024 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3026 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3030 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3032 i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3035 i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3036 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3038 i_shdrp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3039 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3041 i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3042 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
3045 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3050 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3052 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3053 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3054 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3055 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3056 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3058 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3060 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3061 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3062 the relocation entries apply. */
3063 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3065 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3066 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3068 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3070 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3071 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3074 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3075 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3077 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3080 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3081 if (link_info != NULL)
3083 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3084 if (discarded_section (s))
3087 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3088 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3089 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3091 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3092 size as the discarded one. */
3093 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3096 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3102 s = s->output_section;
3103 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3107 /* Handle objcopy. */
3108 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3110 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3111 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3112 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3113 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3116 s = s->output_section;
3118 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3123 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3124 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3125 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3127 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3128 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3129 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3130 bed->link_order_error_handler
3131 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3136 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3140 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3141 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3142 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3143 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3144 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3145 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3146 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3148 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3150 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3152 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3156 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3158 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3162 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3163 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3164 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3165 field to point to this section. */
3166 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3167 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3172 len = strlen (sec->name);
3173 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3176 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3177 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3178 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3182 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3184 /* This is a .stab section. */
3185 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3186 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3187 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3194 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3195 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3196 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3197 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3199 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3201 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3204 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3205 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3206 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3207 the version strings. */
3208 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3209 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3211 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3216 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3217 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3218 this hash table or version table is for. */
3219 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3221 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3225 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3229 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3230 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3231 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3233 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3234 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3239 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3241 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3242 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3243 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3244 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3246 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3247 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3248 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3251 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3252 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3255 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3257 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
3259 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
3262 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
3263 return ((type_ptr != NULL
3264 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
3265 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3266 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3267 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3268 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
3269 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
3272 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3273 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3276 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
3278 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3279 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3280 asymbol **sect_syms;
3281 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3282 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3283 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3284 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3291 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3295 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3297 if (max_index < asect->index)
3298 max_index = asect->index;
3302 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3303 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3305 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3306 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3308 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3309 decided to output. */
3310 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3312 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3314 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3316 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
3317 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3319 asection *sec = sym->section;
3321 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3322 sec = sec->output_section;
3324 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3328 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3329 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3331 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3333 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3337 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3338 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3339 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3340 at least in that case. */
3341 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3343 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3345 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3352 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3353 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
3354 sizeof (asymbol *));
3356 if (new_syms == NULL)
3359 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3361 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3364 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3365 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3366 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3371 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3373 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3375 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3377 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3380 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3381 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3384 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3386 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3390 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3392 *pnum_locals = num_locals;
3396 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3397 ELF data structure. */
3399 static inline file_ptr
3400 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3402 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3405 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3406 required section alignment. */
3409 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3413 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3414 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3415 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3416 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3417 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3418 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3419 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3423 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3424 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3425 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3428 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3429 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3431 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3432 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
3434 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3435 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3436 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3438 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3441 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3442 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3443 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3445 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3448 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3449 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3450 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3452 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
3453 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
3454 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
3458 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3461 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3462 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
3463 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3464 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3468 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3469 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3471 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3476 if (link_info == NULL)
3478 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3483 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3484 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3485 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3486 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3487 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3488 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3489 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3490 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3491 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3492 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3493 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3495 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3501 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3503 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
3505 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3506 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3508 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3509 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3510 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3512 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3513 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3515 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
3517 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3519 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3520 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3522 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3525 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3530 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3531 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3533 static bfd_size_type
3534 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3538 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3540 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3541 and one for data. */
3544 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3545 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3547 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3548 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3549 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3554 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3556 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3560 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
3562 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3566 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd))
3568 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3572 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
3574 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3578 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3580 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3581 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3583 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3585 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3586 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3587 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3588 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3589 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3590 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3592 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3593 while (s->next != NULL
3594 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3595 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3596 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3601 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3603 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3605 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3611 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3612 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3613 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3617 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3623 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3626 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3629 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3631 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3632 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3634 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3640 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3641 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3648 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3650 static struct elf_segment_map *
3651 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3652 asection **sections,
3657 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3662 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3663 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3664 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3668 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3669 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3670 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3671 m->count = to - from;
3673 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3675 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3676 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3677 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3683 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3686 struct elf_segment_map *
3687 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3689 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3691 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3692 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3696 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3698 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3703 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3706 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3707 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3708 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3710 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3711 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3713 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3714 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3715 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3716 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3718 m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
3721 unsigned int i, new_count;
3723 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3725 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3726 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3727 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3729 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3733 (*m)->count = new_count;
3735 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3741 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3742 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3744 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3751 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3754 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3757 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3758 asection **sections = NULL;
3759 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3760 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3762 no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
3765 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
3767 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3771 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3772 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3775 unsigned int phdr_index;
3776 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3778 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3779 bfd_boolean writable;
3781 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3782 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3784 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
3786 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3788 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
3789 sizeof (asection *));
3790 if (sections == NULL)
3793 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3794 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3796 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
3797 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
3800 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3802 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3806 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3807 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
3808 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
3811 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3814 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3816 /* Build the mapping. */
3821 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3822 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3824 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3825 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3827 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3828 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3832 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3833 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3834 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3835 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3836 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3841 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3842 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3846 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3854 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3855 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3856 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3860 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3862 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3864 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3867 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3868 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3869 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3870 program headers we will need. */
3873 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
3875 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3876 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3877 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
3878 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3879 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
3880 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
3881 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3882 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
3883 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3886 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3889 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3893 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3896 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3898 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3899 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3900 new_segment = FALSE;
3902 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3904 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3905 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3909 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
3910 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
3912 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3913 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3916 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3917 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3918 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3919 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3920 section can be included in the current segment. */
3921 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3923 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3926 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3927 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3930 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3931 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3933 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3934 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3935 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3938 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3940 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3941 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3942 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3943 new_segment = FALSE;
3946 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3947 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
3948 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
3950 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3951 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3952 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3953 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3954 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3955 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3956 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3961 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3962 new_segment = FALSE;
3965 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3966 if (last_hdr != NULL
3968 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
3970 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
3976 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3979 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3980 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3981 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3982 last_size = hdr->size;
3988 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3989 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3991 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3998 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4004 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4005 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4006 last_size = hdr->size;
4010 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4013 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4015 if (last_hdr != NULL
4016 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4017 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4018 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4020 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4028 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4031 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4038 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4039 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4040 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4041 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4042 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4044 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4046 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4047 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4052 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4053 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4054 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4056 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4057 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4058 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4059 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4065 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4066 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4070 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4074 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4075 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4078 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4079 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4083 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4091 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4094 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4095 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4096 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4101 m->count = tls_count;
4102 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4104 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4105 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4107 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
4108 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
4109 first_tls = first_tls->next;
4116 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4118 eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd);
4119 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4120 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4122 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4123 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4127 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4129 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4135 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4137 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4138 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4142 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4143 m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
4144 m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
4145 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4146 m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
4147 if (info->stacksize > 0)
4149 m->p_size = info->stacksize;
4150 m->p_size_valid = 1;
4157 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4159 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4161 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
4163 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
4164 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
4167 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
4168 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4169 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4172 if (i == (unsigned) -1)
4175 if (m->sections[i]->vma + m->sections[i]->size
4181 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4184 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4185 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4189 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4191 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4199 elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
4202 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
4205 for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4207 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4212 if (sections != NULL)
4217 /* Sort sections by address. */
4220 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4222 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4223 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4224 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4226 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4227 place the section into a segment. */
4228 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4230 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4233 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4234 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4235 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4237 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4240 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4242 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4248 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4249 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4250 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4251 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4256 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4261 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4262 before others at the same address. */
4264 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4265 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4272 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4275 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4277 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4278 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4279 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4280 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4281 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4284 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4285 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4287 /* In other words, something like:
4289 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4290 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4291 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4292 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4294 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4296 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4299 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4301 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4305 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4308 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4313 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4314 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4315 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4316 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4317 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4318 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4320 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4321 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4325 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4326 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4327 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4333 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
4338 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
4340 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
4343 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
4348 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4349 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4353 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4354 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4356 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4357 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4358 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4359 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4361 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4364 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
4366 if (link_info == NULL
4367 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
4371 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4375 header_pad = m->header_size;
4380 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4381 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4385 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4386 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
4387 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
4390 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4392 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4393 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4395 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
4396 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4400 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4404 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4405 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4406 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4407 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4408 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4410 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4411 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4412 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4413 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
4415 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
4417 (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
4418 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4419 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4424 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4425 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4427 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4428 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4429 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
4435 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0;
4437 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4441 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4443 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4444 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4445 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4446 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4447 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4449 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4450 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4451 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4454 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4455 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4456 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4457 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4458 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4459 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4460 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4465 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4467 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4468 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4469 else if (m->count == 0)
4472 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4474 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4475 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4477 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4478 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4479 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4480 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4481 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4482 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4483 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4485 if (m->p_align_valid)
4486 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4488 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4490 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4491 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4492 else if (m->count == 0)
4493 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4497 no_contents = FALSE;
4499 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4502 bfd_size_type align;
4503 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4505 if (m->p_align_valid)
4509 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4511 unsigned int secalign;
4513 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4514 if (secalign > align_power)
4515 align_power = secalign;
4517 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4518 if (align < maxpagesize)
4519 align = maxpagesize;
4522 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4523 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4524 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4525 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4526 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4527 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4529 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4532 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4533 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
4535 no_contents = FALSE;
4539 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
4543 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4544 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4545 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4546 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4547 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4548 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4549 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4550 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4555 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4556 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4557 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4559 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4562 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4564 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4567 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4568 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4569 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4570 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4576 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4578 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4580 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4581 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4584 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4586 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4587 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4589 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4594 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4599 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4601 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4604 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4606 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4610 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4611 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4612 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4616 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4617 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4620 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
4621 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
4625 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4626 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4628 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4634 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4636 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4637 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4641 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4642 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4643 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4644 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4645 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4646 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4649 bfd_size_type align;
4650 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4653 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4654 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4656 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4657 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4658 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4659 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4660 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4661 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
4663 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
4664 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
4665 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
4666 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
4670 || p_end < p_start))
4672 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4673 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
4674 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
4678 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4680 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4682 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
4684 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4685 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4687 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
4688 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
4692 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4696 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4698 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4702 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4703 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4704 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4710 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4719 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4721 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4722 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4723 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4725 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4726 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
4727 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
4729 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4730 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4731 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4732 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4733 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4734 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4736 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
4738 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
4741 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4743 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4744 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4745 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4746 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4747 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4748 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4750 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4752 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4753 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4755 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4757 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4758 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4761 if (align > p->p_align
4762 && !m->p_align_valid
4763 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4764 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4768 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4771 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4773 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4779 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4780 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4781 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4783 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
4785 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
4786 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
4787 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
4788 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
4789 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
4790 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
4792 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4797 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4799 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4802 sec = m->sections[i];
4803 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4804 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
4805 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
4807 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4808 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4810 print_segment_map (m);
4816 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
4820 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4823 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4824 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4826 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4827 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4828 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4829 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4830 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4831 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4832 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
4833 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4834 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4836 unsigned int num_sec;
4840 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4841 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4842 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
4843 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4845 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4848 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4849 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4850 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4851 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4852 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4853 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4855 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4856 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4857 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4859 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4861 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
4862 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4863 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4864 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4867 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4869 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4872 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4873 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4874 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
4875 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]
4876 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)])
4877 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4879 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4882 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4883 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4887 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4889 hdrs_segment = NULL;
4890 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4891 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
4894 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4897 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4899 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4900 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4902 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4904 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4905 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4906 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4909 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4910 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4915 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
4917 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4918 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4919 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4921 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
4922 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
4923 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4924 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4926 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
4927 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
4928 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4929 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
4932 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
4933 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4934 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
4936 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4937 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4946 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
4947 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
4951 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
4952 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4955 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
4956 hash->def_regular = 1;
4961 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
4963 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4965 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4966 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
4968 if (link_info != NULL)
4970 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4972 for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
4974 lm = lm->next, lp++)
4976 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4977 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
4978 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end
4980 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
4984 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
4985 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
4986 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
4990 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4991 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4992 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4994 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4995 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
5000 if (lp < phdrs + count)
5002 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
5003 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
5004 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
5005 if (link_info != NULL)
5006 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
5007 else if (m->p_size_valid)
5008 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
5011 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
5012 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5013 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5014 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5015 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5017 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5019 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5020 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
5024 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5025 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
5028 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
5030 if (m->p_size_valid)
5031 p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
5033 else if (m->count != 0)
5035 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5036 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5037 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5039 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
5042 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
5043 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
5045 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
5046 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
5047 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5049 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5056 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5058 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5059 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5060 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5062 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5064 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5065 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5066 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5070 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5075 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5076 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5077 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5079 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5080 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5081 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5082 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5083 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5084 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5085 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5087 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5090 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5091 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5093 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5094 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5096 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5098 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5099 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5101 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5102 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5103 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5106 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5107 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5109 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5110 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5111 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5112 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
5114 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5117 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5118 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5119 || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
5120 || i == elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)
5121 || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd))
5123 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5126 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5133 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5134 assignment of sections to segments. */
5135 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5138 /* And for non-load sections. */
5139 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5142 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
5144 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
5148 /* Write out the program headers. */
5149 alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5150 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
5151 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
5154 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5157 /* Place the section headers. */
5158 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
5159 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
5160 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
5162 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5168 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
5170 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5171 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
5172 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5174 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5176 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5177 if (shstrtab == NULL)
5180 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
5182 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
5183 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
5184 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
5185 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
5187 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
5188 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
5189 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
5190 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
5192 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5193 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
5194 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
5195 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5196 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5197 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
5199 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
5201 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
5203 case bfd_arch_unknown:
5204 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
5207 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5208 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5209 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5210 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5211 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5212 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5213 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5214 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5216 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
5219 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
5220 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5222 /* No program header, for now. */
5223 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5224 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5225 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
5227 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5228 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
5229 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
5231 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5232 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
5233 /* It all happens later. */
5237 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5238 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5241 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
5242 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
5243 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
5244 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
5245 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
5246 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
5247 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5248 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5249 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
5255 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5256 of the loadable file image. */
5259 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
5262 unsigned int i, num_sec;
5263 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
5265 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5267 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5268 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
5270 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
5273 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5274 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5275 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
5278 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5282 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5284 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5285 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5287 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5288 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
5290 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5291 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5294 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5297 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5301 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
5303 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5304 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5305 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5307 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5308 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5309 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5311 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5313 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5314 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5319 /* Write out the section header names. */
5320 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
5321 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5322 && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5323 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5326 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5327 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd));
5329 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
5332 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5333 if (t->build_id != NULL
5334 && t->build_id->u.o.zero == 0)
5335 return (*t->build_id->u.o.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
5341 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5343 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5344 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5347 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5350 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5352 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5353 unsigned int sec_index;
5355 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5356 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5357 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5359 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5360 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
5361 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5362 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
5363 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5364 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
5366 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
5368 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5369 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5371 int retval = sec_index;
5373 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5377 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
5378 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5383 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5387 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5389 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5391 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5393 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5394 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5395 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5396 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5397 input sections rather than the output section. */
5398 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5399 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5400 && asym_ptr->section)
5405 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5406 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5407 sec = sec->output_section;
5408 if (sec->owner == abfd
5409 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5410 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5411 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5414 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5418 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5419 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5420 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5421 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5422 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5423 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5430 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5431 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
5439 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5442 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5444 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5445 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5446 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5447 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5448 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5451 unsigned int num_segments;
5452 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5453 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5454 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5455 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5456 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5457 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5459 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5460 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5463 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5465 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5466 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5468 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5469 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5470 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5471 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5473 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5474 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5475 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5476 ? section->size : 0)
5478 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5479 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5480 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5481 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5482 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5483 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5485 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5486 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5487 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5488 (section->lma >= base \
5489 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5490 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5492 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5493 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5494 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5495 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5496 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5497 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5498 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5500 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5502 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5504 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5508 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5509 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5510 p_memsz set to 0. */
5511 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5513 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5514 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5515 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5516 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5518 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5519 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5520 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5522 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5523 A section will be included if:
5524 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5525 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5526 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5528 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5529 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5530 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5531 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5532 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5533 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5534 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5535 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5536 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5537 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5538 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5539 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5540 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5541 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5542 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5543 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5544 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5545 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5546 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5547 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5548 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5549 || (segment->p_paddr \
5550 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5551 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5552 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5554 && !section->segment_mark)
5556 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5557 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5558 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5559 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5560 && section->output_section != NULL)
5562 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5563 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5564 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5566 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5567 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5568 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5569 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5570 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5572 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5573 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5574 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5575 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5576 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5578 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5579 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5580 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5582 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5583 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5584 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5585 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5586 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5587 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5590 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5592 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5596 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5597 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5598 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5599 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5600 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5605 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5607 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5608 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5609 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5611 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5612 assignment code will work. */
5613 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5617 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5619 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5620 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5621 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5625 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5626 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5628 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5630 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5631 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5634 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5635 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5637 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5639 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5640 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5642 if (extra_length > 0)
5644 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5645 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5648 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5650 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5652 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5657 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5659 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5660 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5662 if (extra_length > 0)
5664 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5665 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5668 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5673 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5674 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5678 unsigned int section_count;
5679 asection **sections;
5680 asection *output_section;
5682 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5683 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5686 asection *first_section;
5687 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5688 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5690 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5693 first_section = NULL;
5694 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5695 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5697 section = section->next)
5699 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5700 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5701 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5703 if (first_section == NULL)
5704 first_section = section;
5705 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5710 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5711 all of the sections we have selected. */
5712 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5713 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5714 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5718 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5719 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5721 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5722 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5723 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5725 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5726 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5728 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5730 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5731 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5734 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5735 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5736 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5737 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5738 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5740 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5742 map->includes_phdrs =
5743 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5744 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5745 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5746 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5748 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5749 phdr_included = TRUE;
5752 if (section_count == 0)
5754 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5755 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5756 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5757 a warning is produced. */
5758 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5759 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5760 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5764 *pointer_to_map = map;
5765 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5770 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5771 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5772 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5773 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5775 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5776 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5779 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5780 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5781 of the first section.
5783 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5784 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5785 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5786 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5787 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5789 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5790 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5791 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5792 or segments to contain the other sections.
5794 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5795 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5796 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5798 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5799 if (sections == NULL)
5802 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5803 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5804 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5805 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5806 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5811 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5812 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5814 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5816 section = section->next)
5817 if (section == first_section)
5820 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5822 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5824 output_section = section->output_section;
5826 sections[j++] = section;
5828 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5829 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5830 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5831 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5833 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5834 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5836 && output_section->lma != 0
5837 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5838 + (map->includes_filehdr
5841 + (map->includes_phdrs
5843 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5845 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5847 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5848 LMA address of the output section. */
5849 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5850 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5851 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5852 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5854 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5856 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5857 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5860 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5861 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5863 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5865 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5867 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5868 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5871 if (j == section_count)
5876 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5878 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5880 if (isec == section_count)
5882 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5883 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5884 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5885 program header in the input BFD. */
5886 map->count = section_count;
5887 *pointer_to_map = map;
5888 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5891 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5892 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5893 && !map->includes_filehdr
5894 && !map->includes_phdrs)
5895 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5896 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5898 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5905 if (!first_matching_lma)
5907 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5908 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5909 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5910 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5914 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5915 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5916 the LMA of the first section. */
5917 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5920 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5921 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5922 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5924 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
5925 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5928 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
5929 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5933 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5935 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5937 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5939 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5940 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5941 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5942 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5943 offset when we know the correct value. */
5944 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5945 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5948 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5952 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5953 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5954 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5955 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5956 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5957 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5964 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5966 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5967 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5969 section = sections[j];
5971 if (section == NULL)
5974 output_section = section->output_section;
5976 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5978 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5979 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5981 if (map->count == 0)
5983 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5984 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5986 if (output_section->lma
5988 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5989 + (map->includes_phdrs
5990 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5998 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
6000 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6001 and the start of this section is more than
6002 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6003 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
6005 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
6006 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
6007 > output_section->lma))
6009 if (first_suggested_lma)
6011 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6012 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6019 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
6022 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
6024 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6026 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6027 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6031 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
6033 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6034 *pointer_to_map = map;
6035 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6037 if (isec < section_count)
6039 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6040 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6041 and carry on looping. */
6042 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6043 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6044 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6051 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6052 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6053 not yet been assigned. */
6055 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6056 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6057 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6058 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6059 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6060 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
6061 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6064 while (isec < section_count);
6069 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
6071 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6072 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6073 the offset if necessary. */
6074 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
6078 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
6081 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
6082 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
6083 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6088 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6089 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6091 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6092 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6093 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6094 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6095 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6096 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6100 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6103 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6105 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6106 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6107 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6108 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6109 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6111 unsigned int num_segments;
6112 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6113 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6115 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6118 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6120 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6121 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6122 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6123 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6124 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6127 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6129 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6133 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6138 unsigned int section_count;
6140 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6141 asection *first_section = NULL;
6142 asection *lowest_section;
6144 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6145 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6147 section = section->next)
6149 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6150 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6152 if (first_section == NULL)
6153 first_section = section;
6158 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6159 all of the sections we have selected. */
6160 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6161 if (section_count != 0)
6162 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6163 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6167 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6170 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6171 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6172 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6173 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6174 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6175 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
6176 map->p_align_valid = 1;
6177 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
6179 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
6180 || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6182 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6183 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6184 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6185 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6186 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6188 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
6189 map->p_size_valid = 1;
6192 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6193 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6194 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6195 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6197 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6198 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6200 map->includes_phdrs =
6201 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6202 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6203 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6204 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6206 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6207 phdr_included = TRUE;
6210 lowest_section = first_section;
6211 if (section_count != 0)
6213 unsigned int isec = 0;
6215 for (section = first_section;
6217 section = section->next)
6219 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6220 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6222 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
6223 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
6224 lowest_section = section;
6225 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6229 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6230 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6231 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6232 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6234 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6235 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
6237 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
6238 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
6239 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6241 if (isec == section_count)
6247 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
6248 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6249 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
6251 if (!map->includes_phdrs
6252 && !map->includes_filehdr
6253 && map->p_paddr_valid)
6254 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6255 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
6256 - segment->p_paddr);
6258 map->count = section_count;
6259 *pointer_to_map = map;
6260 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6263 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
6267 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6271 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6273 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6274 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6277 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
6280 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6282 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6283 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6284 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6285 asection *section, *osec;
6286 unsigned int i, num_segments;
6287 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6288 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6290 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6292 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6293 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
6296 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6297 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6298 section = section->next)
6299 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6301 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6302 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6306 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6307 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6308 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6309 map in this case. */
6310 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
6311 && segment->p_memsz == 0
6312 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
6315 for (section = ibfd->sections;
6316 section != NULL; section = section->next)
6318 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6319 from the input BFD. */
6320 osec = section->output_section;
6322 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
6324 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6325 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6326 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6328 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6329 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6331 || section->flags != osec->flags
6332 || section->lma != osec->lma
6333 || section->vma != osec->vma
6334 || section->size != osec->size
6335 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
6336 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
6342 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6344 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6345 section = section->next)
6347 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
6350 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6353 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6357 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6359 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6360 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6361 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6363 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6364 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
6366 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6369 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
6370 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
6371 maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
6373 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
6374 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
6377 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6380 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6383 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6387 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
6390 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6391 bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable;
6393 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6394 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6397 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
6399 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6400 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6401 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6402 that the linker clears to differ. */
6403 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
6404 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
6406 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
6407 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
6408 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
6410 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6411 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
6412 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
6414 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6415 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6416 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6417 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6420 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
6421 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
6423 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
6424 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
6425 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6426 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
6430 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6432 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6433 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6434 may be NULL at this point. */
6435 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
6437 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6438 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
6439 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
6442 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
6447 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6448 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6451 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6456 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6458 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6459 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6462 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6463 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6465 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6467 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6468 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6469 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6470 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6471 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6473 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6477 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6478 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6479 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6480 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6481 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6485 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
6489 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6490 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
6492 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6493 asection *s = first;
6494 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
6498 /* If this member section is being output but the
6499 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6500 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6501 if (s->output_section != discarded
6502 && isec->output_section == discarded)
6504 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6505 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6507 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6508 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6509 else if (s->output_section == discarded
6510 && isec->output_section != discarded)
6512 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6518 if (discarded != NULL)
6520 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6521 adjust the input section size. This function may
6522 be called multiple times, so save the original
6524 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6525 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6526 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
6530 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6532 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
6540 /* Copy private header information. */
6543 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6545 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6546 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6549 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6550 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6551 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6552 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6553 already been worked out. */
6554 if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6556 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6560 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
6563 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6564 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6565 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6566 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6567 swap_out_syms function. */
6569 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6570 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6571 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6572 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6573 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6576 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6581 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6583 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6584 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6587 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6588 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6591 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6593 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6597 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6598 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6599 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6600 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6601 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6602 else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
6604 else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
6605 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6606 else if (shndx == elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd))
6607 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6608 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6614 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6617 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6618 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6621 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6624 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6625 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6626 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6627 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6628 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6629 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6631 unsigned int num_locals;
6633 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6635 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
6638 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6639 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6643 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6644 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6645 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6646 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6647 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6648 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6649 symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
6650 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6652 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6653 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6655 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6656 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6657 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6659 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6662 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6664 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6665 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6666 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6668 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6669 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
6670 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6671 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6673 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6677 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6678 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6679 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6680 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6681 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6684 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6686 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6687 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6693 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6694 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6695 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6696 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6697 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6698 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6702 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6703 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6705 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6706 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6708 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6709 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6710 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6711 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6714 if (!name_local_sections
6715 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6717 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6722 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6725 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6727 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6732 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6734 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6735 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6737 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6738 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6739 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6740 sym.st_size = value;
6741 if (type_ptr == NULL
6742 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6743 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6745 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6746 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6747 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6751 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6754 if (sec->output_section)
6756 value += sec->output_offset;
6757 sec = sec->output_section;
6760 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6761 if (! relocatable_p)
6763 sym.st_value = value;
6764 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6766 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6768 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6770 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6771 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6772 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6773 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6777 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6780 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6783 shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
6786 shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
6789 shndx = elf_symtab_shndx (abfd);
6798 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6800 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
6804 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6805 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6806 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6807 demand of applications. For example, it
6808 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6809 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6810 actually in the output file. */
6811 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6814 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6815 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6816 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6818 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6819 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6823 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6824 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
6828 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6831 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6833 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
6834 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
6835 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6837 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6839 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6841 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6846 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6849 /* Processor-specific types. */
6850 if (type_ptr != NULL
6851 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6852 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6853 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6855 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6857 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6858 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6860 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6862 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6864 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6865 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6866 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6869 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6871 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6872 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6876 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6877 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6880 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6882 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6884 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
6885 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
6886 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6888 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6891 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6894 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6896 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6897 sym.st_target_internal
6898 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
6903 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6906 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6907 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6908 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6909 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6913 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6914 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6916 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6917 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6918 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6919 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6920 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6921 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6926 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6928 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6929 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6930 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6933 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6937 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6939 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6940 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6942 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6948 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6952 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6954 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6956 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6960 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6961 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6963 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6969 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6972 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6975 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6978 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6985 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6987 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6990 tblptr = section->relocation;
6991 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6992 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6996 return section->reloc_count;
7000 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
7002 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7003 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
7006 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7011 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
7012 asymbol **allocation)
7014 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7015 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
7018 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7022 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7023 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7024 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7025 dynamic reloc section. */
7028 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7033 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7035 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7039 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
7040 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7041 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7042 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7043 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7044 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
7045 * sizeof (arelent *));
7050 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7051 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7052 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7053 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7054 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7055 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7056 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7059 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7063 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
7067 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7069 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7073 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
7075 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7077 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7078 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7079 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7084 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
7086 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
7088 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
7099 /* Read in the version information. */
7102 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
7104 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
7105 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
7107 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
7109 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7110 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
7111 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
7113 bfd_byte *contents_end;
7115 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
7117 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
7118 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
7119 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
7122 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
7124 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7125 if (contents == NULL)
7127 error_return_verref:
7128 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
7129 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
7132 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7133 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7134 goto error_return_verref;
7136 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
7137 goto error_return_verref;
7139 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
7140 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
7141 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
7142 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
7143 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
7144 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
7146 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
7147 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
7150 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
7152 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
7154 iverneed->vn_filename =
7155 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7157 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
7158 goto error_return_verref;
7160 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
7161 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
7164 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
7165 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
7166 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
7167 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
7168 goto error_return_verref;
7171 if (iverneed->vn_aux
7172 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7173 goto error_return_verref;
7175 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7176 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
7177 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
7178 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
7180 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
7182 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
7183 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7184 ivernaux->vna_name);
7185 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
7186 goto error_return_verref;
7188 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
7189 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
7191 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
7193 if (ivernaux->vna_next
7194 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
7195 goto error_return_verref;
7197 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7198 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
7200 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
7201 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
7204 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
7205 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
7207 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
7209 if (iverneed->vn_next
7210 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7211 goto error_return_verref;
7213 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
7214 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
7221 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
7223 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7224 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
7225 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7226 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
7227 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
7229 unsigned int maxidx;
7230 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
7232 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
7234 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7235 if (contents == NULL)
7237 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7238 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7241 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
7244 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
7245 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
7246 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
7247 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
7248 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
7249 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
7251 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7252 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7254 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7256 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
7258 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7260 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
7261 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
7263 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
7264 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7267 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7268 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
7271 if (default_imported_symver)
7273 if (freeidx > maxidx)
7278 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7279 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7280 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7283 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
7285 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7286 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
7287 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
7289 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
7290 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7293 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7295 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
7297 error_return_verdef:
7298 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
7299 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
7303 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
7304 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7306 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7308 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
7309 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
7312 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7313 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
7314 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7315 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7316 goto error_return_verdef;
7320 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7321 goto error_return_verdef;
7323 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7324 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
7325 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7326 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
7328 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
7330 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
7331 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7332 iverdaux->vda_name);
7333 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
7334 goto error_return_verdef;
7336 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
7337 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
7339 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7341 if (iverdaux->vda_next
7342 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
7343 goto error_return_verdef;
7345 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7346 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
7349 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
7350 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
7352 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
7353 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
7355 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7357 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7358 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
7364 else if (default_imported_symver)
7371 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7372 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7373 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7376 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
7379 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7380 if (default_imported_symver)
7382 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7383 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7385 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
7387 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
7388 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
7389 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
7390 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
7392 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7394 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
7395 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
7396 goto error_return_verdef;
7397 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7398 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7399 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7400 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7401 goto error_return_verdef;
7403 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7404 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
7405 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7411 if (contents != NULL)
7417 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
7419 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
7420 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
7422 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7427 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
7428 return &newsym->symbol;
7433 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7437 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
7440 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7441 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7445 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7448 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7449 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
7452 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7453 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7454 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
7457 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7458 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7459 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7460 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7461 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7462 we treat such symbols as local. */
7463 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
7470 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7471 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7478 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
7479 enum bfd_architecture arch,
7480 unsigned long machine)
7482 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7483 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7484 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
7485 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
7486 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
7489 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
7492 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7493 for error reporting. */
7496 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd,
7500 const char **filename_ptr,
7501 const char **functionname_ptr)
7503 struct elf_find_function_cache
7505 asection *last_section;
7507 const char *filename;
7508 bfd_size_type func_size;
7511 if (symbols == NULL)
7514 cache = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache;
7517 cache = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*cache));
7518 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache = cache;
7522 if (cache->last_section != section
7523 || cache->func == NULL
7524 || offset < cache->func->value
7525 || offset >= cache->func->value + cache->func_size)
7530 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7531 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7532 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7533 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7534 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7535 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7536 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7537 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7538 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
7539 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7543 state = nothing_seen;
7544 cache->filename = NULL;
7546 cache->func_size = 0;
7547 cache->last_section = section;
7549 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7555 if ((sym->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0)
7558 if (state == symbol_seen)
7559 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7563 size = bed->maybe_function_sym (sym, section, &code_off);
7565 && code_off <= offset
7566 && (code_off > low_func
7567 || (code_off == low_func
7568 && size > cache->func_size)))
7571 cache->func_size = size;
7572 cache->filename = NULL;
7573 low_func = code_off;
7575 && ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0
7576 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7577 cache->filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7579 if (state == nothing_seen)
7580 state = symbol_seen;
7584 if (cache->func == NULL)
7588 *filename_ptr = cache->filename;
7589 if (functionname_ptr)
7590 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (cache->func);
7595 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7596 for error reporting. */
7599 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7603 const char **filename_ptr,
7604 const char **functionname_ptr,
7605 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7607 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd, section, symbols,
7608 offset, filename_ptr,
7615 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd,
7619 const char **filename_ptr,
7620 const char **functionname_ptr,
7621 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7622 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7626 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7627 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7630 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7631 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7632 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7638 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
7639 section, symbols, offset,
7640 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7641 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0,
7642 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7644 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7645 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7646 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7652 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7653 &found, filename_ptr,
7654 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7655 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7657 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7660 if (symbols == NULL)
7663 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7664 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7671 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7674 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7675 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7677 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7678 filename_ptr, line_ptr,
7683 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7684 const char **filename_ptr,
7685 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7686 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7688 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7689 filename_ptr, line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0,
7690 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7693 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7694 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7695 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7696 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7697 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7700 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7701 const char **filename_ptr,
7702 const char **functionname_ptr,
7703 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7706 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7707 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7708 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7713 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7715 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7716 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7718 if (!info->relocatable)
7720 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
7722 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7724 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7727 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
7728 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7731 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7734 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
7742 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7744 const void *location,
7746 bfd_size_type count)
7748 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7751 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7752 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7755 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7756 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7757 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7758 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7765 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7766 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7767 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7772 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7775 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7777 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7779 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7781 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7782 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7784 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7785 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7787 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7789 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7792 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7795 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7798 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7801 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7804 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7807 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7813 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7815 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7817 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7818 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7820 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7825 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7831 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7834 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7837 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7840 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7843 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7849 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7853 areloc->howto = howto;
7861 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7862 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7863 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7864 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7869 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7871 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
7872 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
7874 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7875 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7876 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7879 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7882 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7883 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7884 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7887 bfd_reloc_status_type
7888 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7889 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7890 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7891 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7892 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7894 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7897 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7898 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7899 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7900 out details about the corefile. */
7902 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7903 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7904 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7905 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7908 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7909 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7912 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7916 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid;
7918 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid;
7923 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7924 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7925 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7929 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7933 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7936 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7940 sect2->size = sect->size;
7941 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7942 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7946 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7947 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7948 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7949 such a section already exists.
7950 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7951 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7952 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7954 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7960 char *threaded_name;
7964 /* Build the section name. */
7966 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7967 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7968 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7969 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7971 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7973 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7978 sect->filepos = filepos;
7979 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7981 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7984 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7986 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7990 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7993 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7998 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
8002 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8003 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
8004 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8006 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8007 has already been set by another thread. */
8008 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
8009 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8010 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0)
8011 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8013 /* pr_who exists on:
8016 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8019 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8020 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8022 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8025 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8026 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
8028 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8029 prstatus32_t prstat;
8031 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8032 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
8033 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8035 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8036 has already been set by another thread. */
8037 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
8038 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8039 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0)
8040 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8042 /* pr_who exists on:
8045 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8048 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8049 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8051 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8054 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8057 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8058 note size (ie. data object type). */
8062 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8063 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
8064 size, note->descpos + offset);
8066 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8068 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8070 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8072 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8074 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
8075 note->descsz, note->descpos);
8078 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8079 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8080 data structure apart. */
8083 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8085 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8088 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8089 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8093 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8095 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8098 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8099 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8100 contents literally. */
8103 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8105 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
8109 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8111 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
8115 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8117 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
8121 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8123 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
8127 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8129 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
8133 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8135 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
8139 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8141 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
8145 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8147 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
8151 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8153 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
8157 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8159 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
8163 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8165 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
8169 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8171 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
8175 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8177 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
8181 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8183 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
8187 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8189 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
8192 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8193 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8194 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8195 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8199 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8200 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8201 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8202 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8206 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8207 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8208 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8211 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
8214 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
8222 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
8226 memcpy (dups, start, len);
8232 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8234 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8236 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
8238 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
8240 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8242 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8243 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8245 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
8246 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8247 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8249 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8250 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8251 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8253 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8254 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
8256 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8257 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
8259 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8261 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8262 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8264 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
8265 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8266 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8268 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8269 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8270 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8276 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8277 note size (ie. data object type). */
8281 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8282 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8283 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8286 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
8287 int n = strlen (command);
8289 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
8290 command[n - 1] = '\0';
8295 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8297 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8299 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8301 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
8302 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8303 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
8309 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8311 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8313 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8314 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
8316 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8319 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8321 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8324 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8325 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8326 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8330 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8332 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8334 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8336 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8342 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
8343 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8344 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
8349 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
8351 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
8352 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8354 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
8355 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
8357 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8359 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8360 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8361 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8364 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8366 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8370 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8371 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8372 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8373 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8376 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8377 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
8378 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
8381 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8383 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8386 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8388 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8389 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8390 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8393 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8395 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8399 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8400 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8401 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8402 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8405 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8406 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
8407 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
8410 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8412 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
8414 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8417 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8424 int is_active_thread;
8427 if (note->descsz < 728)
8430 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
8433 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
8437 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8438 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8439 /* process_info.pid */
8440 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8441 /* process_info.signal */
8442 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
8445 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8446 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8447 /* thread_info.tid */
8448 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
8450 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8451 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8455 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8457 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8461 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8463 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8464 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
8465 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8467 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8468 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8470 if (is_active_thread)
8471 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8475 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8476 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8477 /* module_info.base_address */
8478 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
8479 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
8481 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8482 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8486 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8488 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8493 sect->size = note->descsz;
8494 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8495 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8506 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8508 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8516 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
8517 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
8519 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8520 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
8525 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8527 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
8530 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8532 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
8535 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8536 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
8538 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
8539 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
8541 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
8542 if (note->namesz == 6
8543 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8544 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
8548 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8549 if (note->namesz == 6
8550 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8551 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
8556 if (note->namesz == 6
8557 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8558 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
8563 if (note->namesz == 6
8564 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8565 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
8569 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
8570 if (note->namesz == 6
8571 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8572 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
8577 if (note->namesz == 6
8578 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8579 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
8583 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
8584 if (note->namesz == 6
8585 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8586 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
8590 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
8591 if (note->namesz == 6
8592 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8593 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
8598 if (note->namesz == 6
8599 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8600 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
8604 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
8605 if (note->namesz == 6
8606 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8607 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
8611 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
8612 if (note->namesz == 6
8613 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8614 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
8618 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
8619 if (note->namesz == 6
8620 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8621 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
8626 if (note->namesz == 6
8627 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8628 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
8633 if (note->namesz == 6
8634 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8635 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
8639 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
8640 if (note->namesz == 6
8641 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8642 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
8646 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
8647 if (note->namesz == 6
8648 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8649 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
8655 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
8656 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
8658 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8659 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
8666 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8671 sect->size = note->descsz;
8672 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8673 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8679 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
8683 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
8689 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8691 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
8693 if (note->descsz == 0)
8696 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
8697 t->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (t->build_id->u.i) - 1 + note->descsz);
8698 if (t->build_id == NULL)
8701 t->build_id->u.i.size = note->descsz;
8702 memcpy (t->build_id->u.i.data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8708 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8715 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
8716 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
8721 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8723 struct sdt_note *cur =
8724 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
8727 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
8728 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
8729 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8731 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
8737 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8742 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
8750 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
8754 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
8757 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
8764 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8766 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8767 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8768 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8770 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8771 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8772 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
8774 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8775 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8776 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
8778 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8783 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8787 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
8788 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
8790 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
8792 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8793 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8794 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8795 creates a core file. */
8797 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8800 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8801 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8802 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8805 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
8809 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
8811 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8812 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8814 case bfd_arch_alpha:
8815 case bfd_arch_sparc:
8818 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
8819 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8821 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
8822 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8828 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8829 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8834 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8835 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8837 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8838 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8848 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8850 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8851 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8852 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8854 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8855 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8856 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
8858 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8859 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8860 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
8866 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8868 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
8869 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8871 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
8872 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8874 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
8875 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8877 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
8878 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8880 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
8882 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8887 sect->size = note->descsz;
8888 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8889 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8894 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
8896 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
8901 sect->size = note->descsz;
8902 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8903 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8912 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8914 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8921 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8922 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8924 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8925 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8927 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8928 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8930 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8931 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8933 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8934 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8937 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8938 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8939 thread just in case. */
8940 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8941 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8943 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8944 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8946 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8951 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8955 sect->size = note->descsz;
8956 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8957 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8959 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8963 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8964 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8972 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8973 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8975 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8980 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8984 sect->size = note->descsz;
8985 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8986 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8988 /* This is the current thread. */
8989 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8990 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8995 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8996 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8997 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8998 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9001 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9003 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9004 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9006 static long tid = 1;
9010 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
9011 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
9012 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
9013 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
9014 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
9015 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
9016 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
9017 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
9024 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9030 /* Use note name as section name. */
9032 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9035 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
9036 name[len - 1] = '\0';
9038 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9042 sect->size = note->descsz;
9043 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9044 sect->alignment_power = 1;
9049 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9052 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9056 size of data for note
9058 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9059 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9060 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9061 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9064 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9067 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
9075 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
9082 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
9084 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
9086 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
9089 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
9090 *bufsiz += newspace;
9091 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
9092 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
9093 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
9094 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
9098 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
9106 memcpy (dest, input, size);
9117 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
9123 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9125 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9128 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9129 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
9134 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9135 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9136 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9138 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9140 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9143 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9146 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9147 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9148 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9149 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9150 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9155 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9157 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9160 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9163 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9164 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9165 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9166 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9167 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9169 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9176 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9177 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9178 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
9180 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data;
9182 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9183 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
9185 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
9186 &data, sizeof (data));
9190 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9191 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9192 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
9194 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data;
9196 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9197 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
9199 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9200 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
9204 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
9211 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9213 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9216 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9218 pid, cursig, gregs);
9223 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9224 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9225 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9227 prstatus32_t prstat;
9229 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9230 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9231 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9232 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9233 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9234 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9241 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9242 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9243 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9244 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9245 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9246 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9248 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9254 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9256 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
9263 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9264 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9266 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
9267 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
9268 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9269 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9270 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
9271 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9273 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
9274 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
9276 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
9277 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
9280 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9281 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
9283 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9285 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9287 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
9291 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9292 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9294 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9295 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9296 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9298 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9302 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9303 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9304 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9305 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9313 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9314 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9315 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9316 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9320 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9323 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9329 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9330 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9331 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
9335 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9338 const void *xfpregs,
9341 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9342 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9343 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
9347 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9348 const void *xfpregs, int size)
9350 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9351 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9352 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
9356 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
9359 const void *ppc_vmx,
9362 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9363 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9364 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
9368 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
9371 const void *ppc_vsx,
9374 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9375 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9376 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
9380 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
9383 const void *s390_high_gprs,
9386 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9387 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9388 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
9389 s390_high_gprs, size);
9393 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
9396 const void *s390_timer,
9399 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9400 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9401 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
9405 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
9408 const void *s390_todcmp,
9411 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9412 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9413 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
9417 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
9420 const void *s390_todpreg,
9423 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9424 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9425 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
9429 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
9432 const void *s390_ctrs,
9435 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9436 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9437 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
9441 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
9444 const void *s390_prefix,
9447 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9448 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9449 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
9453 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
9456 const void *s390_last_break,
9459 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9460 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9461 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
9462 s390_last_break, size);
9466 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
9469 const void *s390_system_call,
9472 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9473 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9474 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
9475 s390_system_call, size);
9479 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
9482 const void *arm_vfp,
9485 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9486 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9487 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
9491 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
9494 const void *aarch_tls,
9497 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9498 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9499 note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
9503 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
9506 const void *aarch_hw_break,
9509 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9510 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9511 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
9515 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
9518 const void *aarch_hw_watch,
9521 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9522 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9523 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
9527 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
9530 const char *section,
9534 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
9535 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9536 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9537 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9538 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9539 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9540 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9541 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9542 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9543 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9544 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9545 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9546 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9547 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9548 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9549 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9550 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9551 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9552 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9553 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9554 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9555 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9556 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9557 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9558 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9559 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9560 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9561 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9562 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9563 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9564 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9565 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9566 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9567 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9572 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
9577 while (p < buf + size)
9579 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9580 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
9581 Elf_Internal_Note in;
9583 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
9586 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
9588 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
9589 in.namedata = xnp->name;
9590 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
9593 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
9594 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
9595 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
9597 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
9598 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
9601 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
9607 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9609 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9612 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "OpenBSD"))
9614 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9617 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
9619 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
9622 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
9624 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
9629 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
9635 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
9637 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
9640 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
9641 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
9643 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
9649 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
9656 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
9663 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
9666 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size);
9670 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
9671 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
9681 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9683 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9684 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9685 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9688 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
9690 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9692 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9696 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
9699 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9700 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9701 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9702 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9704 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9705 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9708 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
9712 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9714 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9718 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
9719 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
9720 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
9725 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9726 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9728 return reloc_class_normal;
9731 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9732 relocation against a local symbol. */
9735 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9736 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9738 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9740 asection *sec = *psec;
9743 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
9744 + sec->output_offset
9746 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
9747 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
9748 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9751 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9752 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9753 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
9756 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9757 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9758 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9759 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9760 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9761 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
9762 sec->kept_section = *psec;
9765 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
9766 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
9772 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9773 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9777 asection *sec = *psec;
9779 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9780 return sym->st_value + addend;
9782 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9783 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9784 sym->st_value + addend);
9788 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
9789 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9793 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
9795 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
9796 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9798 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
9799 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
9801 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
9803 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9804 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
9805 offset = sec->size - offset - address_size;
9811 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9812 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9813 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9814 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9815 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9816 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9818 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9819 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9820 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9821 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9822 the remote memory. */
9825 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9829 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
9831 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
9832 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
9836 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
9837 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9838 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9843 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9846 const char *relplt_name;
9847 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
9851 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
9857 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
9860 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
9863 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
9866 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
9867 if (relplt_name == NULL)
9868 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9869 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
9873 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
9874 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
9875 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
9878 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
9882 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
9883 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
9886 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
9887 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
9888 p = relplt->relocation;
9889 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9891 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
9895 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
9897 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9902 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
9906 names = (char *) (s + count);
9907 p = relplt->relocation;
9909 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9914 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
9915 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
9918 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
9919 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9920 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9921 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
9922 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
9923 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
9925 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
9928 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
9929 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
9935 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9936 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9937 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
9938 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
9941 memcpy (names, a, len);
9944 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9945 names += sizeof ("@plt");
9952 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9953 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9954 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
9955 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9958 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
9959 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9961 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9963 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
9965 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
9967 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9968 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9969 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9970 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9971 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
9972 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
9976 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9977 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9978 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9981 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
9983 return (type == STT_FUNC
9984 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
9987 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
9988 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
9989 otherwise return zero. */
9992 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
9997 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
9998 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
9999 || sym->section != sec)
10002 *code_off = sym->value;
10004 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
10005 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;